From 12f9bf0b467ff44d090522b2d7ed4d475d4161a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 19 Dec 2022 19:41:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 5d1cb42595..13a227b5e5 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -641,8 +641,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 10:42 v6jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person gives … to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 10:42 z8tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:42 d61l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See the note on **reward** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.\n\nSome scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hidden revelation\n\nAfter [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven is near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.” -11:1 z2y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 # General Information:\n\n**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +11:intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.\n\nSome scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Hidden revelation\n\nAfter [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven is near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.” +11:1 z2y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 # General Information:\n\n**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 11:1 dr3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν 1 Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 11:2 f3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John ended up in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to tell your reader why here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 11:3 w2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 7a3fae8794b84f799e7c1630c6f12a8a4e61d9c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 19 Dec 2022 19:44:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 13a227b5e5..8549832272 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.\n\nSome scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Hidden revelation\n\nAfter [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven is near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.” 11:1 z2y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 # General Information:\n\n**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 11:1 dr3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν 1 Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -11:2 f3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John ended up in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to tell your reader why here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +11:2 f3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John was put in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to explain to your reader here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 11:3 w2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:3 q89t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:3 hrk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John’s disciples, or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 78017a0970e87ae34f6959ff677a974a16f9a99b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 19 Dec 2022 21:05:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 03/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 8549832272..a46dab11ef 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -646,8 +646,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:1 dr3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν 1 Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 11:2 f3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John was put in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to explain to your reader here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 11:3 w2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:3 q89t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -11:3 hrk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John’s disciples, or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +11:3 q89t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +11:3 hrk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John’s disciples or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 11:5 dyxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) 11:5 tjuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & λεπροὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind**, **lame**, **lepers**, **deaf**, **dead**, and **poor** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 11:5 sd6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 8b171e5624876e1d5912c5f7c47b6974ac7c9c07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 19 Dec 2022 21:21:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 04/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index a46dab11ef..9b47831888 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -657,11 +657,11 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:7 d4lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τούτων δὲ πορευομένων 1 Here, the word **these** refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:7 ysq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:7 ydn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:7 w269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed which the wind is blowing around” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:7 w269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed shaking in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:8 n5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -11:8 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν 1 Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -11:9 gm97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -11:9 fb75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see a much more important prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +11:8 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν 1 Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +11:9 gm97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +11:9 fb75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see a much more important prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one whom the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:10 fi5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 170f3d8bc126d7ed32b9cfe5643325d8d974ea03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 19 Dec 2022 21:28:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 05/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 9b47831888..338afec2cf 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -661,8 +661,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:8 n5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:8 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν 1 Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:9 gm97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -11:9 fb75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see a much more important prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one whom the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:9 fb75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see someone much more important than a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:10 fi5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:11 z5yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From d024e5136c2601eb7a0bcc50df1e718589329640 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 14:31:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 06/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 338afec2cf..9c656eac02 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:10 fi5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:11 z5yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:11 z5yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 The phrase those **born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:11 r9ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Among those who have been born of human origin, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 11:11 cag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From cd27952572c2bc97907ea29df3e9893a7bf1dcb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 14:35:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 9c656eac02..ec91e12427 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:11 z5yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 The phrase those **born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:11 r9ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Among those who have been born of human origin, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 11:11 cag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:12 mb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) It also be understood instead as referring to the God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”. From 65a5da2117da9fb86626ea59268cc6061e12cec4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 14:44:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 08/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index ec91e12427..86c8c7f07c 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 11:11 cag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:12 mb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) It also be understood instead as referring to the God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”. +11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”. 11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the Prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd, and is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Awaiting Perry’s comment (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) From fff6088cc680e068a13d73d3a20a41ec46f59b11 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 14:49:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 09/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 86c8c7f07c..c70cca9bce 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:11 cag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:12 mb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”. -11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the Prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd, and is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Awaiting Perry’s comment (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:15 z97x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 85acc392f87f0711a07eea82671283408c8e95b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 14:49:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 10/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index c70cca9bce..665bb00979 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:12 mb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”. 11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd, and is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Awaiting Perry’s comment (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:15 z97x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:15 w4cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 7c129564b71f3a79ec98c50590ded25be52b0b16 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 14:59:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 11/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 665bb00979..70ae2c2570 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -674,9 +674,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Awaiting Perry’s comment (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -11:15 z97x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:15 z97x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:15 w4cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people he was speaking to and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to either, (1) the crowd around him (2) the religious leaders of Israel, or (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” or “Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:16 l7km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people who he referred to as “this generation”. They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The first group of children who are speaking are Jesus and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly, or in a way that is meaningful in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) From 51257f600def20690cc3b0d9879e35b4508b15ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 15:06:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 12/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 70ae2c2570..aa7bd5160b 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -673,11 +673,11 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”. 11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Awaiting Perry’s comment (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words in order to make the meaning clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to receive it, then you would understand that he is Elijah, who is about to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:15 z97x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:15 w4cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to either, (1) the crowd around him (2) the religious leaders of Israel, or (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” or “Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:16 l7km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people who he referred to as “this generation”. They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The first group of children who are speaking are Jesus and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly, or in a way that is meaningful in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 11:17 d916 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From af016aa391a92461b1c989e6c5a18bd4e22882b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 15:40:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 13/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index aa7bd5160b..f038b80ac5 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -679,9 +679,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:16 l7km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people who he referred to as “this generation”. They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The first group of children who are speaking are Jesus and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly, or in a way that is meaningful in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The first group of children who are speaking are Jesus and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly, or in a way that is meaningful in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 11:17 d916 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that they performed during that time. If a person died, they would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:18 qe7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:18 p4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to referring to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From aa7cb10f23d7468c6038ca6bb5b724b33db3ff58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 15:53:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 14/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index f038b80ac5..79bb088332 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -684,10 +684,10 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:18 qe7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:18 p4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to referring to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 11:19 dsak rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:19 gs6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, and a friend of tax collectors and those who disobey God’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος & οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk because of it. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 The proverb **wisdom has been justified by her children** is figurative, where **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the peoples lives who John and I minister to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) 11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ff426924b3296ccaebff7e31d3b77eb2363cbd4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 15:54:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 15/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 79bb088332..aeec4eb00b 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:19 dsak rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:19 gs6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος & οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk because of it. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος & οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 The proverb **wisdom has been justified by her children** is figurative, where **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the peoples lives who John and I minister to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) 11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to scold the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 626fb485f1cb0d1dbe5082c188d05ddd863ab531 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 15:59:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 16/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index aeec4eb00b..fed973f69e 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:19 gs6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος & οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 The proverb **wisdom has been justified by her children** is figurative, where **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the peoples lives who John and I minister to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) +11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 The proverb, **wisdom has been justified by her children**, is figurative. Here, **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the lives of the people to whom John and I minister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) 11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to scold the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5cc2dc451050d3d6975435c9656116f8efe86b92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:02:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 17/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index fed973f69e..fda7fbf545 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος & οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 The proverb, **wisdom has been justified by her children**, is figurative. Here, **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the lives of the people to whom John and I minister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) 11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to scold the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgement is coming against you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) From 8a7e27c3470b7dffb37c25af879744d997d463e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:07:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 18/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index fda7fbf545..a08d9f4cdc 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgement is coming against you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) +11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) 11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a3cc25b23b350bad4ea630746a4a029a34d8b111 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:12:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 19/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index a08d9f4cdc..97a57c9e98 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From a569b1e28f3debef6d8b287dbcee656f85b484d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:13:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 20/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 97a57c9e98..b5693e66d2 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) 11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among the people of Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 See how you translated **Tyre** and **Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 8e69ae15a3c43bf456a537d2f6994eb21ab7207c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:14:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 21/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index b5693e66d2..775bd860a0 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) 11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among the people of Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among the people of Tyre and Sidon which happened among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 See how you translated **Tyre** and **Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 7121602f4fd998389d3ecd4ffd3365c51bbc12ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:16:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 22/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 775bd860a0..500a063358 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) 11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among the people of Tyre and Sidon which happened among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 See how you translated **Tyre** and **Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 81c48f540a6bb7ca3e88c3d778723020698a814d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:18:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 23/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 500a063358..6d03e5275a 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 See how you translated **Tyre** and **Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 See how you translated **Tyre and Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:22 ibpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ ὑμῖν 1 The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:23 vpz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:23 h8e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) From b341b2373512a690ef605faca9cdfa6bafbe52cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:29:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 24/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 6d03e5275a..a17ea1ea46 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:23 vpz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:23 h8e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 11:23 fj7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ & Σοδόμοις 1 Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not raise you up to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:23 nddz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because the think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then”. Alternate translation: “If I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom, then they would have turned from their sinful ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a96e6e001d99f7ee9c61c4ade4a45e3b26b6564c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:43:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 25/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index a17ea1ea46..fa541151d3 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -705,8 +705,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:23 h8e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 11:23 fj7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ & Σοδόμοις 1 Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:23 nddz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because the think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then”. Alternate translation: “If I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom, then they would have turned from their sinful ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +11:23 nddz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “if I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom, then they would have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 See how you translated Sodom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 048e9c6d0b1df819bfb059aa34f5fb105a893764 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:49:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 26/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index fa541151d3..9482f2b92b 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -706,9 +706,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:23 fj7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ & Σοδόμοις 1 Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:23 nddz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “if I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom, then they would have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 See how you translated Sodom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 See how you translated **Sodom** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **heaven and earth** is figurative for everything which God has created in the entire universe. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From d99728416b97c6a471f13adfab8483ad82feecf5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:50:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 27/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 9482f2b92b..d7b2144ad5 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 See how you translated **Sodom** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **heaven and earth** is figurative for everything which God has created in the entire universe. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 11:25 qw5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From e75a9cf2ad90043f87719a7040aa8f7bb34da63d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:51:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 28/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index d7b2144ad5..3a8f3b0a2e 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 See how you translated **Sodom** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **heaven and earth** is figurative for everything which God has created in the entire universe. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **heaven and earth** refers to everything which God has created in the entire universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 11:25 qw5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 11:25 w9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the discerning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus calls them **wise** and **intelligent**, even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) From f2cd3739e3cf03a48b9e6896d1ac15b72d25d40b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:53:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 29/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 3a8f3b0a2e..eaab6da89e 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **heaven and earth** refers to everything which God has created in the entire universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 11:25 qw5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -11:25 w9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the discerning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +11:25 w9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the carefully discerning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus calls them **wise** and **intelligent**, even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 11:25 b6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:26 qp7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From d5c27f6f871a285825666099eb2f58bf2b204450 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 16:54:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 30/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index eaab6da89e..5ca24ff5e8 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **heaven and earth** refers to everything which God has created in the entire universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 11:25 qw5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 11:25 w9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the carefully discerning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus calls them **wise** and **intelligent**, even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus calls them **wise and intelligent** even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 11:25 b6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:26 qp7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:27 yk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a4c9c8c49a46f32fecd8a4f19a8ed83d6c13e036 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 17:17:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 32/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 5ca24ff5e8..09d2bc5ccd 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -717,10 +717,10 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus calls them **wise and intelligent** even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 11:25 b6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:26 qp7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -11:27 yk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:27 gd67 πάντα 1 The phrase **All things** could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority” +11:27 yk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +11:27 gd67 πάντα 1 The phrase **All things** could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed to Jesus everything about himself and his kingdom. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority” 11:27 j3vk rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -11:27 s1as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ; οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 If these double negatives would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate them as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +11:27 s1as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ; οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these double negatives as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 11:27 esp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the **Son** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 11:27 l8xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:28 x978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From dc0fca8ca9824c01602ddf39c5ef1ecd2dbe3ae0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 18:34:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 33/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 09d2bc5ccd..61093d0b89 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:27 l8xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:28 x978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:28 t2jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:28 f1w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that were created by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +11:28 f1w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that written by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:29 q1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a yoke, something which is put on large animals to carry heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If your readers would not understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Let me help you carry your burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 11:29 t1rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 11:29 i3qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 5b13e2afb778312cf43ffe525bd8f7b88af59fbf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 18:43:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 34/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 61093d0b89..58f25856ed 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:28 x978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 11:28 t2jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:28 f1w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that written by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:29 q1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a yoke, something which is put on large animals to carry heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If your readers would not understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Let me help you carry your burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) +11:29 q1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a **yoke**, something which is put on large animals to carry or pull heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Share your burden with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 11:29 t1rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 11:29 i3qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 8ae3d1d97c40c0939d12b659dfa6ec8588c96a31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 18:47:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 35/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 58f25856ed..c80068a484 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -729,8 +729,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:29 q1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a **yoke**, something which is put on large animals to carry or pull heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Share your burden with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 11:29 t1rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 11:29 i3qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke. I will also be like I am only making you carry a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) +11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) 12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From ccc6ff4fd2430f0641cab40ea3f8d512c5f35db1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 18:48:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 36/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index c80068a484..cd44eae468 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:29 i3qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) -11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) 12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually turned into bread. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From be6a269c2cf0670762c160a8b9c600817f36b529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 18:54:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 37/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index cd44eae468..67a8a816e1 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) +12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) 12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually turned into bread. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From ad31cf4593bc25cbc1f9af48e6819f6b98e2cf06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:13:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 38/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 67a8a816e1..971bf3da24 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -733,9 +733,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) -12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually turned into bread. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the **heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshipping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have read what David did when he and those with him were hungry, how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they was not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 17342e17bf7650f893e2a19b6aceb40b1c8082d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:19:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 39/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 971bf3da24..b172917ae5 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -735,8 +735,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) 12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the **heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshipping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the **heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have read what David did when he and those with him were hungry, how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they was not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) From dca5dc488ada9725d28455fe8eeb52eae868c9f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:30:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 40/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index b172917ae5..695ce73651 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the **heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have read what David did when he and those with him were hungry, how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they was not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) 12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From a4fa701ed877b6e01c08b5c5a479ac503bcf881b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:33:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 41/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 695ce73651..80cbf27ae9 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) 12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 1d636eeba84f5bdfdb317b7e8277fe69a3110e95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:34:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 42/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 80cbf27ae9..c1f16a2323 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From ec294f9778aec8727ebfe3df87ac8fd87cbe9982 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:34:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 43/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index c1f16a2323..39c1f97e85 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) 12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat that bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 05e5ff8835c9c7f8516d4b88142fadccbb9bf1ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:36:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 44/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 39c1f97e85..6415d09621 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat that bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant, then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds” From a001886765f71812e4357069d53ce600a115ae2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:38:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 45/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 6415d09621..4d357e1886 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant, then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds” 12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From a9fc67781825c18f66519cb98126256defe89e77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:39:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 46/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 4d357e1886..57b101a3c6 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds” +12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** rather than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds” 12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:8 nca0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 8c03a7403bf3600b7072c7fbad3d60b9d8236c19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:39:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 47/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 57b101a3c6..a7f0b6c357 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** rather than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds” +12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** rather than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather that you would be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds” 12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:8 nca0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 2fd28688e59d39c6b86b335ded41be1368cf70de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:41:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 48/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index a7f0b6c357..37a2964ff7 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** rather than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather that you would be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds” 12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:8 nca0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees who Jesus was just speaking to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 0408db14f952feca7a2206dc0eb9ff819231ec98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 20:42:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 49/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 37a2964ff7..c79288632e 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:8 nca0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees who Jesus was just speaking to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees' synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:10 c1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 166e8ed1931db8034472fc66ddf9ec4e37062cea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:15:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 50/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index c79288632e..b2066e1cbf 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees' synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:10 c1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a person, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 0de7b296ad42546f23844d94851a15feb7cacfcb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:16:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 51/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index b2066e1cbf..ea913261ea 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:10 c1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a person, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning “many”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 5a72c7d3240403a923399aac91b23d52cc7dffa8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:17:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 52/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index ea913261ea..5706d22a03 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning “many”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 12:17 mcd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one who I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From d1705ace1df7ed2e1f7bd4fdf87087c1f111c36c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:18:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 53/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 5706d22a03..b4734e1ade 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning “many”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative, meaning “many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 12:17 mcd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one who I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:18 s6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 6637cc014ce2fca1d7dc57017ee3088ebc517ffe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:25:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 54/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index b4734e1ade..e4252ea074 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -757,9 +757,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative, meaning “many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative, meaning “very many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed very many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 12:17 mcd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one who I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one whom I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:18 s6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 12:18 jh8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:19 gj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 13d381ad003aef6a8eddabff685e069a4bad75e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:44:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 55/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index e4252ea074..dab863c340 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -762,9 +762,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one whom I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:18 s6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 12:18 jh8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:19 gj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +12:19 gj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:19 jr87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick, or a small flame. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 49b389990077b4d49a106768d344c105d9de3cde Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:45:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 56/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index dab863c340..85f062e66d 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:19 gj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:19 jr87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick, or a small flame. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From b4b33a6cfc3427c68a610d942728daa36e8386dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:47:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 57/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 85f062e66d..10a63432ce 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:19 jr87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick, or a small flame. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick or a small flame. If it would be helpful in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he will not extinguish a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 12:22 nba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # General Information:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From 024ce181d9b47f66cfa2a795f4cafc01c83bae0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 21:55:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 58/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 10a63432ce..b5cd6fdfbf 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -767,8 +767,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick or a small flame. If it would be helpful in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he will not extinguish a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 12:22 nba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # General Information:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 12:22 e1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who was demon possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:22 k2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 22edb1b2a66e487ae8717e721ba15dda60aa31eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:05:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 59/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index b5cd6fdfbf..cf88f9b909 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -770,9 +770,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 12:22 nba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # General Information:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -12:22 e1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who was demon possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:22 e1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought to him one who was demon-possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:22 k2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:23 h8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:24 p1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by the Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 12:25 ckth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he know their thoughts. So he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 320c58c78a969f2a5d3ca82c431ffe3ff34353de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:06:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 60/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index cf88f9b909..020dde0242 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:22 k2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:23 h8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:24 p1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by the Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +12:24 p1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 12:25 ckth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he know their thoughts. So he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:25 i1sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) 12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 31aaf4d32d221a38f230d39f21c9b36c227abbe8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:07:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 61/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 020dde0242..bbd368c0c3 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:23 h8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:24 p1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -12:25 ckth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he know their thoughts. So he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +12:25 ckth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew their thoughts, so he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:25 i1sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) 12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 12:25 g9ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία 1 Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, who would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 6347431c60b58488ecc80b59778fe37b630f56f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:37:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 62/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index bbd368c0c3..e4bf25ba7e 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:25 ckth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew their thoughts, so he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:25 i1sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) 12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -12:25 g9ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία 1 Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, who would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:25 g9ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία 1 Here, the words **kingdom** and **city** refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, whose members would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:25 rvzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 The second word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 50456c2f78c01f2f83c795326a50873076fa91cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:38:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 63/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index e4bf25ba7e..2d83cfe524 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 12:25 g9ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία 1 Here, the words **kingdom** and **city** refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, whose members would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:25 rvzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 The second word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 The second use of the word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to their the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fc54344aba1fc6e2c2d95d11b8b8c9ce93fe91aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:40:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 64/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 2d83cfe524..e4681ac23b 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:25 rvzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 The second use of the word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to their the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees’s accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong”. Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” 12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) From 8d0aaf6d6f228f2e0d4e268965f7894c3b4c24c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:40:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 65/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index e4681ac23b..4196da1580 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 The second use of the word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to their the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees’s accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong”. Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” 12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 68efcdaa64c862d49712f35258f8e61cfba8685c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:44:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 66/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 4196da1580..f36c1733d1 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees’s accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong”. Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” +12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” 12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) From 28bcef0a64c585f9fdbc86dbf8a341660e69106f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:45:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 67/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index f36c1733d1..3e0836d2ba 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” -12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 4b0bb737bcfd66feb31538dbc1c557e5d292cd29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:47:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 68/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 3e0836d2ba..4c5825c68f 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” 12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From a52e4671c36099b8f2b9f2892ce32158f369be20 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:48:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 69/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 4c5825c68f..544df12703 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” 12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people who they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From afe33338bec32011c8854e811ce18120dfdad3a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:49:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 70/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 544df12703..12ac0fea9e 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people who they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to rule over his demons. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 97557ac8d01cc787d1333693c0fd013c8b2c644f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:50:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 71/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 12ac0fea9e..a184c44799 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people who they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to rule over his demons. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:30 ek1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8007aef43306268bb5c4b8934979dea83a5674bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:52:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 72/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index a184c44799..5f94c6bb9f 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to rule over his demons. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:30 ek1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will commit every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ebbdf47aa7beee94a14969d3f3a0ec186401b698 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 22:53:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 73/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 5f94c6bb9f..9abf51e063 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry, because they thought he was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:30 ek1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will commit every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:31 t280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) From c7f53088b51cd6416b0cd6192b31adca434c3b88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2022 23:10:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 74/74] Edit 'tn_MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 9abf51e063..291d1e6a0d 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry, because they thought he was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:30 ek1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will commit every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:31 t280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) 12:31 ezx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:31 kqx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βλασφημία & ἡ δὲ & βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks … but when one blasphemes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])